Sema.h revision 2fa67efeaf66a9332c30a026dc1c21bef6c33a6c
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 29#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 31#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 32#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 33#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 34#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 38#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 39#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 46#include <deque> 47#include <string> 48 49namespace llvm { 50 class APSInt; 51 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 52 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 53 class SmallBitVector; 54} 55 56namespace clang { 57 class ADLResult; 58 class ASTConsumer; 59 class ASTContext; 60 class ASTMutationListener; 61 class ASTReader; 62 class ASTWriter; 63 class ArrayType; 64 class AttributeList; 65 class BlockDecl; 66 class CXXBasePath; 67 class CXXBasePaths; 68 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 69 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 70 class CXXConstructorDecl; 71 class CXXConversionDecl; 72 class CXXDestructorDecl; 73 class CXXFieldCollector; 74 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 75 class CXXMethodDecl; 76 class CXXScopeSpec; 77 class CXXTemporary; 78 class CXXTryStmt; 79 class CallExpr; 80 class ClassTemplateDecl; 81 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 82 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 83 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 84 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 85 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 86 class CodeCompletionResult; 87 class Decl; 88 class DeclAccessPair; 89 class DeclContext; 90 class DeclRefExpr; 91 class DeclaratorDecl; 92 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 93 class DependentDiagnostic; 94 class DesignatedInitExpr; 95 class Designation; 96 class EnumConstantDecl; 97 class Expr; 98 class ExtVectorType; 99 class ExternalSemaSource; 100 class FormatAttr; 101 class FriendDecl; 102 class FunctionDecl; 103 class FunctionProtoType; 104 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 105 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 106 class InitListExpr; 107 class InitializationKind; 108 class InitializationSequence; 109 class InitializedEntity; 110 class IntegerLiteral; 111 class LabelStmt; 112 class LambdaExpr; 113 class LangOptions; 114 class LocalInstantiationScope; 115 class LookupResult; 116 class MacroInfo; 117 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 118 class NamedDecl; 119 class NonNullAttr; 120 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 121 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 122 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 123 class ObjCContainerDecl; 124 class ObjCImplDecl; 125 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 126 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 127 class ObjCIvarDecl; 128 template <class T> class ObjCList; 129 class ObjCMessageExpr; 130 class ObjCMethodDecl; 131 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 132 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 133 class OverloadCandidateSet; 134 class OverloadExpr; 135 class ParenListExpr; 136 class ParmVarDecl; 137 class Preprocessor; 138 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 139 class PseudoObjectExpr; 140 class QualType; 141 class StandardConversionSequence; 142 class Stmt; 143 class StringLiteral; 144 class SwitchStmt; 145 class TargetAttributesSema; 146 class TemplateArgument; 147 class TemplateArgumentList; 148 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 149 class TemplateDecl; 150 class TemplateParameterList; 151 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 152 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 153 class Token; 154 class TypeAliasDecl; 155 class TypedefDecl; 156 class TypedefNameDecl; 157 class TypeLoc; 158 class UnqualifiedId; 159 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 160 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 161 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 162 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 163 class UsingDecl; 164 class UsingShadowDecl; 165 class ValueDecl; 166 class VarDecl; 167 class VisibilityAttr; 168 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 169 class IndirectFieldDecl; 170 171namespace sema { 172 class AccessedEntity; 173 class BlockScopeInfo; 174 class CapturingScopeInfo; 175 class CompoundScopeInfo; 176 class DelayedDiagnostic; 177 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 178 class FunctionScopeInfo; 179 class LambdaScopeInfo; 180 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 181 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 182} 183 184// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 185// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 186typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 187 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 188 189/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 190class Sema { 191 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 192 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 193 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 194 195 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 196 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 197 198 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 199 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 200 201public: 202 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 203 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 204 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 205 206 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 207 FPOptions FPFeatures; 208 209 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 210 Preprocessor &PP; 211 ASTContext &Context; 212 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 213 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 214 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 215 216 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 217 bool CollectStats; 218 219 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 220 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 221 222 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 223 DeclContext *CurContext; 224 225 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 226 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 227 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 228 229 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 230 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 231 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 232 233 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 234 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 235 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 236 237 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 238 239 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 240 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 241 242 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 243 /// 244 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 245 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 246 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 247 248 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 249 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 250 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 251 252 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 253 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 254 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 255 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 256 257 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 258 259 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 260 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 261 /// 262 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 263 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 264 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 265 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 266 267 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 268 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 269 ExtVectorDeclsType; 270 271 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 272 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 273 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 274 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 275 276 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 277 /// definitions being hidden. 278 /// 279 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 280 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 281 282 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 283 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 284 285 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 286 287 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 288 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 289 290 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 291 292 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 293 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 294 /// same list more than once. 295 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 296 297 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 298 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 299 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 300 301 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 302 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 303 /// 304 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 305 /// scoped, e.g., 306 /// 307 /// \code 308 /// void f() { 309 /// void foo(int, int); 310 /// } 311 /// \endcode 312 /// 313 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 314 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 315 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 316 /// 317 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 318 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 319 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 320 /// compatibility. 321 /// 322 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 323 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 324 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 325 /// not visible. 326 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 327 328 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 329 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 330 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 331 332 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 333 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 334 TentativeDefinitionsType; 335 336 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 337 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 338 339 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 340 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 341 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 342 343 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 344 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 345 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 346 347 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 348 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 349 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 350 351 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 352 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 353 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 354 355 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 356 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 357 /// exception spec. 358 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 359 360 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 361 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 362 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 363 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 364 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 365 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 366 367 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 368 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 369 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 370 void *OpaqueParser; 371 372 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 373 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 374 OpaqueParser = P; 375 } 376 377 class DelayedDiagnostics; 378 379 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 380 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 381 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 382 }; 383 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 384 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 385 386 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 387 /// during parsing and other processing. 388 class DelayedDiagnostics { 389 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 390 /// diagnostics should go. 391 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 392 393 public: 394 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 395 396 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 397 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 398 399 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 400 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 401 402 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 403 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 404 return CurPool; 405 } 406 407 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 408 /// collected in this pool. 409 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 410 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 411 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 412 CurPool = &pool; 413 return state; 414 } 415 416 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 417 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 418 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 419 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 420 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 421 } 422 423 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 424 /// not delayed. 425 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 426 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 427 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 428 CurPool = 0; 429 return state; 430 } 431 432 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 433 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 434 assert(CurPool == NULL); 435 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 436 } 437 } DelayedDiagnostics; 438 439 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 440 class ContextRAII { 441 private: 442 Sema &S; 443 DeclContext *SavedContext; 444 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 445 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 446 447 public: 448 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 449 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 450 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 451 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 452 { 453 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 454 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 455 } 456 457 void pop() { 458 if (!SavedContext) return; 459 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 460 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 461 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 462 SavedContext = 0; 463 } 464 465 ~ContextRAII() { 466 pop(); 467 } 468 }; 469 470 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 471 /// a function body. 472 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 473 Sema &S; 474 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 475 476 public: 477 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 478 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 479 { 480 S.PushFunctionScope(); 481 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 482 } 483 484 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 485 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 486 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 487 } 488 }; 489 490 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 491 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 492 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 493 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 494 495 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 496 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 497 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 498 /// in the currently selected standard. 499 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 500 501 502 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 503 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 504 505 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 506 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 507 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 508 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 509 /// It would be best to refactor this. 510 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 511 512 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 513 514 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 515 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 516 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 517 Scope *TUScope; 518 519 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 520 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 521 522 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 523 /// standard library. 524 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 525 526 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 527 /// \<initializer_list>. 528 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 529 530 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 531 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 532 533 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 534 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 535 536 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 537 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 538 539 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 540 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 541 542 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 543 QualType NSNumberPointer; 544 545 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 546 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 547 548 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 549 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 550 551 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 552 QualType NSStringPointer; 553 554 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 555 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 556 557 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 558 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 559 560 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 561 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 565 566 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 567 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 568 569 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 570 QualType QIDNSCopying; 571 572 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 573 /// have been declared. 574 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 575 576 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 577 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 578 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 579 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 580 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 581 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 582 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 583 /// run time. 584 Unevaluated, 585 586 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 587 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 588 /// cases in a switch statment). 589 ConstantEvaluated, 590 591 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 592 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 593 /// expression at run time. 594 PotentiallyEvaluated, 595 596 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 597 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 598 /// in fact the current expression is used. 599 /// 600 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 601 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 602 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 603 /// until the default argument is used. 604 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 605 }; 606 607 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 608 /// expression evaluation contexts. 609 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 610 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 611 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 612 613 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 614 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 615 616 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 617 bool IsDecltype; 618 619 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 620 /// this expression evaluation context. 621 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 622 623 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 624 625 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 626 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 627 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 628 629 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 630 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 631 /// default function argument. 632 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 633 634 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 635 /// within this context. 636 /// 637 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 638 /// do not have lambda expressions. 639 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 640 641 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 642 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 643 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 644 645 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 646 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 647 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 648 649 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 650 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 651 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 652 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 653 bool IsDecltype) 654 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 655 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 656 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 657 658 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 659 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 660 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 661 if (!LambdaMangle) 662 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 663 return *LambdaMangle; 664 } 665 }; 666 667 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 668 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 669 670 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 671 /// function. 672 /// 673 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 674 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 675 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 676 public: 677 enum Kind { 678 NoMemberOrDeleted, 679 Ambiguous, 680 Success 681 }; 682 683 private: 684 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 685 686 public: 687 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 688 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 689 {} 690 691 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 692 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 693 694 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 695 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 696 }; 697 698 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 699 /// for C++ records. 700 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 701 702 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 703 /// 704 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 705 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 706 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 707 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 708 /// checks. 709 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 710 711 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 712 713 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 714 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 715 716 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 717 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 718 719 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 720 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 721 /// 722 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 723 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 724 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 725 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 726 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 727 728 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 729 // argument locations. 730 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 731 732 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 733 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 734 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 735 736 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 737 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 738 739 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 740 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 741 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 742 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 743 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 744 745 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 746 /// of -Wselector. 747 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 748 749 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 750 enum CXXSpecialMember { 751 CXXDefaultConstructor, 752 CXXCopyConstructor, 753 CXXMoveConstructor, 754 CXXCopyAssignment, 755 CXXMoveAssignment, 756 CXXDestructor, 757 CXXInvalid 758 }; 759 760 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 761 762 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 763 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 764 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 765 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 766 767 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 768 769 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 770 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 771 772 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 773 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 774 /// should not be used elsewhere. 775 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 776 777 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 778 /// statements. 779 class FPContractStateRAII { 780 public: 781 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 782 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 783 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 784 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 785 } 786 private: 787 Sema& S; 788 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 789 }; 790 791public: 792 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 793 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 794 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 795 ~Sema(); 796 797 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 798 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 799 void Initialize(); 800 801 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 802 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 803 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 804 805 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 806 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 807 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 808 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 809 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 810 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 811 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 812 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 813 814 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 815 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 816 /// 817 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 818 /// 819 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 820 821 void PrintStats() const; 822 823 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 824 /// template instantiation stacks. 825 /// 826 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 827 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 828 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 829 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 830 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 831 /// well. 832 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 833 Sema &SemaRef; 834 unsigned DiagID; 835 836 public: 837 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 838 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 839 840 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 841 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 842 if (!isActive()) return; 843 844 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 845 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 846 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 847 // 848 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 849 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 850 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 851 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 852 // eliminate that code. 853 FlushCounts(); 854 Clear(); 855 856 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 857 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 858 } 859 }; 860 861 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 862 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 863 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 864 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 865 } 866 867 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 868 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 869 870 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 871 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 872 873 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 874 875 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 876 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 877 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 878 879 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 880 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 881 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 882 883 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 884 885 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 886 887 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 888 889 void PushFunctionScope(); 890 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 891 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 892 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 893 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 894 895 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 896 return FunctionScopes.back(); 897 } 898 899 void PushCompoundScope(); 900 void PopCompoundScope(); 901 902 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 903 904 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 905 906 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 907 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 908 909 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 910 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 911 912 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 913 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 914 915 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 916 917 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 918 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 919 // 920 921 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 922 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 923 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 924 } 925 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 926 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 927 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 928 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 929 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 930 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 931 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 932 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 933 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 934 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 935 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 936 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 937 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 938 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 939 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 940 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 941 SourceLocation Loc, 942 DeclarationName Entity); 943 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 944 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 945 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 946 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 947 948 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 949 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 950 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 951 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 952 953 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 954 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 955 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 956 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 957 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 958 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 959 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 960 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 961 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 962 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 963 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 964 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 965 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 966 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 967 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 968 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 969 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 970 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 971 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 972 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 973 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 974 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 975 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 976 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 977 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 978 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 979 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 980 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 981 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 982 983 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 984 985 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 986 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 987 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 988 989 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 990 struct TypeDiagnoser { 991 bool Suppressed; 992 993 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 994 995 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 996 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 997 }; 998 999 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1000 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1001 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1002 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1003 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1004 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1005 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1006 return II; 1007 } 1008 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1009 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1010 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1011 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1012 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1013 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1014 1015 template<typename T1> 1016 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1017 unsigned DiagID; 1018 const T1 &Arg1; 1019 1020 public: 1021 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1022 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1023 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1024 if (Suppressed) return; 1025 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1026 } 1027 1028 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1029 }; 1030 1031 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1032 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1033 unsigned DiagID; 1034 const T1 &Arg1; 1035 const T2 &Arg2; 1036 1037 public: 1038 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1039 const T2 &Arg2) 1040 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1041 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1042 1043 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1044 if (Suppressed) return; 1045 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1046 } 1047 1048 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1049 }; 1050 1051 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1052 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1053 unsigned DiagID; 1054 const T1 &Arg1; 1055 const T2 &Arg2; 1056 const T3 &Arg3; 1057 1058 public: 1059 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1060 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1061 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1062 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1063 1064 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1065 if (Suppressed) return; 1066 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1067 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1068 } 1069 1070 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1071 }; 1072 1073 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1074 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1075 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1076 unsigned DiagID); 1077 1078 template<typename T1> 1079 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1080 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1081 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1082 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1083 } 1084 1085 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1086 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1087 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1088 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1089 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1090 } 1091 1092 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1093 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1094 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1095 const T3 &Arg3) { 1096 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1097 Arg3); 1098 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1099 } 1100 1101 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1102 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1103 1104 template<typename T1> 1105 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1106 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1107 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1108 } 1109 1110 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1111 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1112 const T2 &Arg2) { 1113 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1114 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1115 } 1116 1117 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1118 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1119 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1120 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1121 Arg3); 1122 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1123 } 1124 1125 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1126 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1127 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1128 1129 template<typename T1> 1130 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1131 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1132 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1133 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1134 } 1135 1136 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1137 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1138 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1139 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1140 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1141 } 1142 1143 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1144 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1145 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1146 const T3 &Arg3) { 1147 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1148 Arg3); 1149 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1150 } 1151 1152 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1153 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1154 1155 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1156 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1157 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1158 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1159 SourceLocation Loc); 1160 1161 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1162 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1163 // 1164 1165 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1166 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1167 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1168 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1169 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1170 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1171 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1172 /// such as: 1173 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1174 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1175 1176 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1177 1178 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1179 1180 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1181 1182 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1183 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1184 bool isClassName = false, 1185 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1186 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1187 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1188 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1189 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1190 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1191 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1192 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1193 SourceLocation IILoc, 1194 Scope *S, 1195 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1196 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1197 1198 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1199 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1200 enum NameClassificationKind { 1201 NC_Unknown, 1202 NC_Error, 1203 NC_Keyword, 1204 NC_Type, 1205 NC_Expression, 1206 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1207 NC_TypeTemplate, 1208 NC_FunctionTemplate 1209 }; 1210 1211 class NameClassification { 1212 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1213 ExprResult Expr; 1214 TemplateName Template; 1215 ParsedType Type; 1216 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1217 1218 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1219 1220 public: 1221 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1222 1223 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1224 1225 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1226 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1227 1228 static NameClassification Error() { 1229 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1230 } 1231 1232 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1233 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1234 } 1235 1236 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1237 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1238 } 1239 1240 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1241 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1242 Result.Template = Name; 1243 return Result; 1244 } 1245 1246 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1247 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1248 Result.Template = Name; 1249 return Result; 1250 } 1251 1252 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1253 1254 ParsedType getType() const { 1255 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1256 return Type; 1257 } 1258 1259 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1260 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1261 return Expr; 1262 } 1263 1264 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1265 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1266 return Template; 1267 } 1268 1269 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1270 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1271 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1272 } 1273 }; 1274 1275 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1276 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1277 /// 1278 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1279 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1280 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1281 /// 1282 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1283 /// 1284 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1285 /// 1286 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1287 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1288 /// 1289 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1290 /// 1291 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1292 /// disambiguate the name. 1293 /// 1294 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1295 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1296 /// expression. 1297 /// 1298 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1299 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1300 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1301 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1302 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1303 const Token &NextToken, 1304 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1305 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1306 1307 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1308 1309 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1310 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1311 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1312 const LookupResult &Previous, 1313 Scope *S); 1314 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1315 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1316 DeclarationName Name, 1317 SourceLocation Loc); 1318 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1319 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1320 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1321 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1322 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1323 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1324 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1325 LookupResult &Previous); 1326 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1327 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1328 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1329 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1330 LookupResult &Previous, 1331 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1332 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1333 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1334 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1335 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1336 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1337 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1338 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1339 LookupResult &Previous, 1340 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1341 bool &AddToScope); 1342 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1343 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1344 1345 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1346 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1347 1348 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1349 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1350 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1351 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1352 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1353 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1354 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1355 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1356 SourceLocation Loc, 1357 QualType T); 1358 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1359 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1360 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1361 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1362 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1363 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1364 Expr *defarg); 1365 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1366 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1367 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1368 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1369 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1370 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1371 1372 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1373 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1374 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1375 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1376 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1377 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1378 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1379 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1380 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1381 Decl **Group, 1382 unsigned NumDecls); 1383 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1384 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1385 1386 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1387 /// documentation comments. 1388 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1389 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1390 1391 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1392 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1393 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1394 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1395 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1396 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1397 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1398 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1399 } 1400 1401 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1402 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1403 /// code for that function. 1404 /// 1405 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1406 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1407 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1408 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1409 1410 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1411 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1412 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1413 1414 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1415 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1416 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1417 1418 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1419 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1420 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1421 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1422 1423 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1424 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1425 /// specified threshold. 1426 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1427 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1428 QualType ReturnTy, 1429 NamedDecl *D); 1430 1431 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1432 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1433 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1434 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1435 1436 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1437 /// 1438 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1439 /// 1440 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1441 /// 1442 /// \param Path The module access path. 1443 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1444 ModuleIdPath Path); 1445 1446 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1447 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1448 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1449 } 1450 1451 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1452 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1453 const Preprocessor &PP); 1454 1455 /// Scope actions. 1456 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1457 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1458 1459 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1460 DeclSpec &DS); 1461 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1462 DeclSpec &DS, 1463 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1464 1465 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1466 AccessSpecifier AS, 1467 RecordDecl *Record); 1468 1469 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1470 RecordDecl *Record); 1471 1472 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1473 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1474 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1475 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1476 1477 enum TagUseKind { 1478 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1479 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1480 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1481 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1482 }; 1483 1484 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1485 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1486 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1487 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1488 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1489 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1490 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1491 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1492 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1493 1494 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1495 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1496 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1497 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1498 AttributeList *Attr, 1499 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1500 1501 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1502 unsigned TagSpec, 1503 TagUseKind TUK, 1504 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1505 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1506 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1507 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1508 1509 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1510 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1511 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1512 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1513 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1514 1515 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1516 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1517 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1518 AccessSpecifier AS); 1519 1520 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1521 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1522 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1523 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1524 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1525 SourceLocation TSSL, 1526 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1527 Declarator *D = 0); 1528 1529 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1530 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1531 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1532 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1533 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1534 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1535 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1536 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1537 1538 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1539 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1540 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1541 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1542 AttributeList *AttrList); 1543 1544 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1545 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1546 /// struct, or union). 1547 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1548 1549 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1550 1551 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1552 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1553 /// member declarations. 1554 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1555 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1556 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1557 1558 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1559 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1560 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1561 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1562 1563 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1564 1565 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1566 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1567 /// 1568 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1569 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1570 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1571 1572 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1573 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1574 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1575 1576 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1577 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1578 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1579 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1580 Expr *val); 1581 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1582 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1583 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1584 1585 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1586 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1587 AttributeList *Attrs, 1588 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1589 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1590 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1591 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1592 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1593 1594 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1595 1596 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1597 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1598 void PopDeclContext(); 1599 1600 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1601 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1602 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1603 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1604 1605 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1606 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1607 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1608 1609 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1610 1611 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1612 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1613 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1614 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1615 1616 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1617 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1618 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1619 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1620 1621 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1622 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1623 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1624 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1625 1626 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1627 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1628 1629 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1630 /// top level scope. 1631 /// 1632 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1633 /// 1634 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1635 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1636 1637 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1638 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1639 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1640 /// 1641 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1642 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1643 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1644 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1645 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1646 1647 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1648 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1649 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1650 1651 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1652 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1653 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1654 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1655 1656 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1657 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1658 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1659 VersionTuple Introduced, 1660 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1661 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1662 bool IsUnavailable, 1663 StringRef Message); 1664 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1665 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1666 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1667 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1668 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1669 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1670 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1671 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1672 1673 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1674 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1675 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1676 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1677 Scope *S); 1678 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1679 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1680 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1681 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1682 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1683 1684 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1685 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1686 enum AssignmentAction { 1687 AA_Assigning, 1688 AA_Passing, 1689 AA_Returning, 1690 AA_Converting, 1691 AA_Initializing, 1692 AA_Sending, 1693 AA_Casting 1694 }; 1695 1696 /// C++ Overloading. 1697 enum OverloadKind { 1698 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1699 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1700 Ovl_Overload, 1701 1702 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1703 /// an existing declaration. 1704 Ovl_Match, 1705 1706 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1707 /// non-function. 1708 Ovl_NonFunction 1709 }; 1710 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1711 FunctionDecl *New, 1712 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1713 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1714 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1715 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1716 1717 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1718 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1719 /// 1720 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1721 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1722 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1723 1724 ImplicitConversionSequence 1725 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1726 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1727 bool AllowExplicit, 1728 bool InOverloadResolution, 1729 bool CStyle, 1730 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1731 1732 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1733 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1734 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1735 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1736 bool InOverloadResolution, 1737 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1738 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1739 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1740 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1741 QualType &ConvertedType); 1742 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1743 QualType& ConvertedType); 1744 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1745 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1746 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1747 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1748 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1749 1750 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1751 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1752 CastKind &Kind, 1753 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1754 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1755 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1756 bool InOverloadResolution, 1757 QualType &ConvertedType); 1758 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1759 CastKind &Kind, 1760 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1761 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1762 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1763 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1764 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1765 QualType &ResultTy); 1766 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1767 1768 1769 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1770 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1771 QualType ResultType, 1772 Expr *Value, 1773 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1774 1775 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1776 ExprResult Init); 1777 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1778 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1779 ExprResult Init, 1780 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1781 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1782 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1783 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1784 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1785 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1786 1787 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1788 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1789 1790 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1791 enum CCEKind { 1792 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1793 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1794 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1795 }; 1796 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1797 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1798 1799 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1800 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1801 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1802 public: 1803 bool Suppress; 1804 bool SuppressConversion; 1805 1806 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1807 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1808 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1809 1810 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1811 /// integral or enumeration type. 1812 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1813 QualType T) = 0; 1814 1815 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1816 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1817 QualType T) = 0; 1818 1819 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1820 /// is explicit. 1821 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1822 QualType T, 1823 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1824 1825 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1826 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1827 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1828 1829 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1830 /// functions. 1831 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1832 QualType T) = 0; 1833 1834 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1835 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1836 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1837 1838 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1839 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1840 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1841 QualType T, 1842 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1843 1844 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1845 }; 1846 1847 ExprResult 1848 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1849 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1850 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1851 1852 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1853 OS_Array, 1854 OS_Dictionary, 1855 OS_Error 1856 }; 1857 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1858 1859 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1860 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1861 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1862 NamedDecl *Member); 1863 1864 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1865 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1866 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1867 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1868 1869 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1870 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1871 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1872 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1873 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1874 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1875 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1876 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1877 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1878 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1879 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1880 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1881 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1882 QualType ObjectType, 1883 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1884 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1885 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1886 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1887 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1888 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1889 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1890 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1891 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1892 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1893 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1894 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1895 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1896 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1897 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1898 QualType ObjectType, 1899 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1900 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1901 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1902 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1903 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1904 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1905 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1906 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1907 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1908 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1909 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1910 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1911 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1912 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1913 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1914 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1915 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1916 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1917 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1918 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1919 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1920 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1921 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1922 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1923 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1924 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1925 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1926 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1927 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1928 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1929 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1930 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1931 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1932 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1933 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1934 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1935 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1936 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1937 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1938 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1939 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1940 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1941 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1942 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1943 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1944 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1945 1946 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1947 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1948 1949 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1950 // identified by the expression Expr 1951 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1952 1953 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1954 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1955 // R (A) --> R(A) 1956 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1957 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1958 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1959 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1960 1961 FunctionDecl * 1962 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1963 QualType TargetType, 1964 bool Complain, 1965 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1966 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1967 1968 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1969 bool Complain = false, 1970 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1971 1972 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1973 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1974 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1975 bool Complain = false, 1976 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1977 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1978 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1979 1980 1981 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1982 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1983 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1984 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1985 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1986 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1987 1988 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1989 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1990 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1991 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1992 1993 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 1994 // range-based for loop. 1995 enum ForRangeStatus { 1996 FRS_Success, 1997 FRS_NoViableFunction, 1998 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 1999 }; 2000 2001 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2002 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2003 enum BeginEndFunction { 2004 BEF_begin, 2005 BEF_end 2006 }; 2007 2008 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2009 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2010 VarDecl *Decl, 2011 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2012 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2013 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2014 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2015 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2016 2017 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2018 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2019 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2020 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2021 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2022 Expr *ExecConfig, 2023 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2024 2025 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2026 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2027 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2028 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2029 ExprResult *Result); 2030 2031 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2032 unsigned Opc, 2033 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2034 Expr *input); 2035 2036 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2037 unsigned Opc, 2038 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2039 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2040 2041 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2042 SourceLocation RLoc, 2043 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2044 2045 ExprResult 2046 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2047 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2048 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2049 ExprResult 2050 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2051 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2052 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2053 2054 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2055 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2056 2057 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2058 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2059 /// that best represents the call. 2060 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2061 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2062 2063 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2064 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2065 bool CheckParameterNames); 2066 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2067 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2068 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2069 2070 /// \name Name lookup 2071 /// 2072 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2073 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2074 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2075 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2076 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2077 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2078 /// 2079 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2080 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2081 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2082 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2083 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2084 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2085 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2086 /// 2087 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2088 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2089 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2090 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2091 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2092 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2093 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2094 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2095 //@{ 2096 2097 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2098 enum LookupNameKind { 2099 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2100 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2101 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2102 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2103 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2104 /// structs, and unions. 2105 LookupTagName, 2106 /// Label name lookup. 2107 LookupLabel, 2108 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2109 /// class/struct/union members. 2110 LookupMemberName, 2111 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2112 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2113 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2114 LookupOperatorName, 2115 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2116 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2117 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2118 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2119 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2120 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2121 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2122 LookupNamespaceName, 2123 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2124 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2125 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2126 LookupUsingDeclName, 2127 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2128 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2129 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2130 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2131 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2132 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2133 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2134 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2135 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2136 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2137 LookupAnyName 2138 }; 2139 2140 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2141 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2142 enum RedeclarationKind { 2143 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2144 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2145 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2146 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2147 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2148 ForRedeclaration 2149 }; 2150 2151 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2152 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2153 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2154 LOLR_Error, 2155 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2156 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2157 LOLR_Cooked, 2158 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2159 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2160 LOLR_Raw, 2161 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2162 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2163 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2164 LOLR_Template 2165 }; 2166 2167 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2168 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2169 bool ConstArg, 2170 bool VolatileArg, 2171 bool RValueThis, 2172 bool ConstThis, 2173 bool VolatileThis); 2174 2175private: 2176 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2177 2178 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2179 // 2180 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2181 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2182 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2183 2184 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2185 /// source. 2186 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2187 2188public: 2189 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2190 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2191 /// 2192 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2193 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2194 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2195 SourceLocation Loc, 2196 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2197 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2198 = NotForRedeclaration); 2199 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2200 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2201 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2202 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2203 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2204 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2205 bool EnteringContext = false); 2206 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2207 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2208 = NotForRedeclaration); 2209 2210 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2211 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2212 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2213 2214 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2215 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2216 2217 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2218 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2219 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2220 unsigned Quals); 2221 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2222 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2223 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2224 unsigned Quals); 2225 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2226 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2227 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2228 2229 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2230 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2231 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2232 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2233 2234 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2235 SourceLocation Loc, 2236 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2237 ADLResult &Functions); 2238 2239 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2240 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2241 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2242 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2243 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2244 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2245 2246 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2247 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2248 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2249 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2250 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2251 bool EnteringContext = false, 2252 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2253 2254 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2255 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2256 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2257 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2258 2259 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2260 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2261 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2262 2263 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2264 //@} 2265 2266 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2267 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2268 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2269 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2270 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2271 SourceLocation Loc); 2272 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2273 Scope *S); 2274 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2275 2276 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2277 2278 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2279 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2280 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2281 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2282 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2283 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2284 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2285 2286 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2287 2288 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2289 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2290 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2291 2292 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2293 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2294 SourceRange Range); 2295 2296 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2297 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2298 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2299 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2300 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2301 2302 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2303 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2304 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2305 2306 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2307 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2308 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2309 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2310 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2311 2312 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2313 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2314 2315 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2316 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2317 2318 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2319 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2320 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2321 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2322 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2323 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2324 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2325 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2326 2327 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2328 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2329 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2330 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2331 SourceLocation Loc); 2332 2333 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2334 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2335 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2336 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2337 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2338 2339 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2340 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2341 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2342 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2343 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2344 2345 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2346 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2347 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2348 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2349 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2350 2351 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2352 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2353 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2354 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2355 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2356 2357 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2358 /// class extensions. 2359 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2360 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2361 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2362 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2363 Selector GetterSel, 2364 Selector SetterSel, 2365 const bool isAssign, 2366 const bool isReadWrite, 2367 const unsigned Attributes, 2368 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2369 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2370 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2371 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2372 2373 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2374 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2375 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2376 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2377 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2378 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2379 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2380 Selector GetterSel, 2381 Selector SetterSel, 2382 const bool isAssign, 2383 const bool isReadWrite, 2384 const unsigned Attributes, 2385 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2386 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2387 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2388 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2389 2390 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2391 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2392 /// setter or getter. 2393 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2394 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2395 2396 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2397 2398 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2399 2400 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2401 MMS_loose, 2402 MMS_strict 2403 }; 2404 2405 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2406 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2407 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2408 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2409 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2410 2411 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2412 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2413 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2414 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2415 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2416 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2417 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2418 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2419 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2420 bool ImmediateClass, 2421 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2422 2423 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2424 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2425 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2426 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2427 2428 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2429 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2430 2431private: 2432 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2433 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2434 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2435 2436 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2437 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2438 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2439 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2440 bool warn, bool instance); 2441 2442public: 2443 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2444 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2445 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2446 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2447 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2448 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2449 } 2450 2451 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2452 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2453 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2454 } 2455 2456 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2457 /// pool. 2458 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2459 2460 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2461 /// there are multiple signatures. 2462 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2463 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2464 bool warn=true) { 2465 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2466 warn, /*instance*/true); 2467 } 2468 2469 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2470 /// there are multiple signatures. 2471 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2472 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2473 bool warn=true) { 2474 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2475 warn, /*instance*/false); 2476 } 2477 2478 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2479 /// implementation. 2480 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2481 2482 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2483 /// initialization. 2484 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2485 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2486 2487 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2488 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2489public: 2490 class FullExprArg { 2491 public: 2492 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2493 2494 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2495 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2496 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2497 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2498 2499 ExprResult release() { 2500 return E; 2501 } 2502 2503 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2504 2505 Expr *operator->() { 2506 return E; 2507 } 2508 2509 private: 2510 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2511 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2512 friend class Sema; 2513 2514 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2515 2516 Expr *E; 2517 }; 2518 2519 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2520 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2521 } 2522 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2523 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2524 } 2525 2526 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2527 2528 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2529 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2530 2531 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2532 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2533 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2534 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2535 bool isStmtExpr); 2536 2537 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2538 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2539 public: 2540 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2541 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2542 } 2543 2544 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2545 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2546 } 2547 2548 private: 2549 Sema &S; 2550 }; 2551 2552 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2553 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2554 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2555 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2556 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2557 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2558 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2559 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2560 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2561 2562 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2563 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2564 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2565 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2566 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2567 2568 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2569 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2570 Stmt *SubStmt); 2571 2572 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2573 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2574 Stmt *ThenVal, 2575 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2576 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2577 Expr *Cond, 2578 Decl *CondVar); 2579 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2580 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2581 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2582 FullExprArg Cond, 2583 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2584 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2585 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2586 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2587 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2588 2589 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2590 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2591 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2592 Decl *SecondVar, 2593 FullExprArg Third, 2594 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2595 Stmt *Body); 2596 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2597 Expr *collection); 2598 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2599 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2600 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2601 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2602 2603 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2604 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2605 BFRK_Build, 2606 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2607 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2608 BFRK_Rebuild, 2609 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2610 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2611 BFRK_Check 2612 }; 2613 2614 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2615 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2616 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2617 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2618 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2619 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2620 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2621 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2622 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2623 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2624 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2625 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2626 2627 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2628 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2629 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2630 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2631 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2632 Expr *DestExp); 2633 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2634 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2635 2636 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2637 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2638 2639 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2640 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2641 2642 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2643 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2644 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2645 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2646 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2647 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2648 2649 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2650 unsigned &Size); 2651 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2652 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2653 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2654 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2655 2656 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2657 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2658 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2659 bool Invalid = false); 2660 2661 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2662 2663 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2664 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2665 2666 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2667 2668 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2669 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2670 2671 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2672 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2673 Scope *CurScope); 2674 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2675 Expr *operand); 2676 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2677 Expr *SynchExpr, 2678 Stmt *SynchBody); 2679 2680 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2681 2682 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2683 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2684 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2685 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2686 2687 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2688 2689 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2690 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2691 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2692 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2693 2694 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2695 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2696 Stmt *TryBlock, 2697 Stmt *Handler); 2698 2699 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2700 Expr *FilterExpr, 2701 Stmt *Block); 2702 2703 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2704 Stmt *Block); 2705 2706 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2707 2708 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2709 2710 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2711 /// of it. 2712 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2713 2714 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2715 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2716 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2717 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2718 2719 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2720 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2721 /// 2722 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2723 /// if (condition); 2724 /// do_stuff(); 2725 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2726 const Stmt *Body, 2727 unsigned DiagID); 2728 2729 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2730 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2731 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2732 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2733 2734 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2735 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2736 } 2737 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2738 2739 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2740 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2741 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2742 } 2743 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2744 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2745 } 2746 2747 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2748 2749 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2750 SourceLocation Loc, 2751 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2752 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2753 2754 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2755 2756 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2757 StringRef message); 2758 2759 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2760 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2761 2762 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2763 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2764 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2765 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2766 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2767 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2768 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2769 SourceLocation Loc); 2770 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2771 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2772 2773 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2774 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2775 bool IsDecltype = false); 2776 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2777 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2778 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2779 bool IsDecltype = false); 2780 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2781 2782 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2783 2784 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2785 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2786 2787 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2788 2789 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2790 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2791 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2792 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2793 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2794 // named expressions. 2795 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2796 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2797 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2798 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2799 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2800 2801 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2802 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2803 2804 enum TryCaptureKind { 2805 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2806 }; 2807 2808 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2809 /// 2810 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2811 /// 2812 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2813 /// 2814 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2815 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2816 /// 2817 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2818 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2819 /// 2820 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2821 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2822 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2823 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2824 /// 2825 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2826 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2827 /// variable can be captured. 2828 /// 2829 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2830 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2831 /// captured. 2832 /// 2833 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2834 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2835 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2836 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2837 QualType &CaptureType, 2838 QualType &DeclRefType); 2839 2840 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2841 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2842 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2843 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2844 2845 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2846 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2847 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2848 2849 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2850 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2851 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2852 2853 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2854 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2855 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2856 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2857 bool ForceComplain = false, 2858 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2859 2860 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2861 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2862 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2863 2864 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2865 /// evaluation context. 2866 /// 2867 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2868 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2869 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2870 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2871 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2872 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2873 2874 // Primary Expressions. 2875 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2876 2877 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2878 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2879 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2880 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2881 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2882 2883 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2884 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2885 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2886 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2887 2888 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2889 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2890 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2891 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2892 2893 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2894 IdentifierInfo *II, 2895 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2896 2897 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2898 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2899 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2900 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2901 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2902 2903 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2904 ExprValueKind VK, 2905 SourceLocation Loc, 2906 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2907 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2908 ExprValueKind VK, 2909 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2910 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2911 ExprResult 2912 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2913 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2914 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2915 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2916 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2917 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2918 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2919 LookupResult &R, 2920 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2921 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2922 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2923 LookupResult &R, 2924 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2925 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2926 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2927 const LookupResult &R, 2928 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2929 2930 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2931 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2932 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 2933 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2934 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2935 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2936 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2937 2938 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2939 LookupResult &R, 2940 bool NeedsADL); 2941 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2942 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2943 NamedDecl *D); 2944 2945 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2946 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2947 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2948 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2949 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2950 2951 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2952 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2953 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2954 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2955 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2956 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2957 SourceLocation R, 2958 MultiExprArg Val); 2959 2960 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2961 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2962 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2963 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2964 2965 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2966 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2967 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2968 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2969 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2970 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2971 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2972 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2973 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2974 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2975 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2976 Expr **Exprs, 2977 unsigned NumAssocs); 2978 2979 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2980 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2981 Expr *InputExpr); 2982 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2983 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2984 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2985 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2986 2987 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2988 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2989 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2990 SourceRange R); 2991 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2992 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2993 ExprResult 2994 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2995 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2996 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2997 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2998 2999 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3000 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3001 3002 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3003 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3004 SourceRange ExprRange, 3005 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3006 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3007 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3008 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3009 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3010 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3011 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3012 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3013 3014 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3015 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3016 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3017 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3018 3019 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3020 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3021 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3022 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3023 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3024 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3025 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3026 3027 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3028 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3029 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3030 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3031 // defines a custom operator->). 3032 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3033 Scope *S; 3034 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3035 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3036 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3037 }; 3038 3039 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3040 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3041 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3042 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3043 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3044 LookupResult &R, 3045 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3046 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3047 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3048 3049 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3050 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3051 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3052 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3053 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3054 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3055 3056 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3057 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3058 const LookupResult &R); 3059 3060 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3061 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3062 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3063 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3064 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3065 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3066 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3067 3068 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3069 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3070 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3071 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3072 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3073 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3074 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3075 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3076 3077 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3078 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3079 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3080 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3081 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3082 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3083 bool ExecConfig = false); 3084 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3085 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3086 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3087 3088 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3089 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3090 /// locations. 3091 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3092 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3093 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3094 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3095 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3096 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3097 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3098 Expr *Config = 0, 3099 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3100 3101 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3102 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3103 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3104 3105 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3106 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3107 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3108 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3109 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3110 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3111 Expr *Op); 3112 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3113 3114 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3115 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3116 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3117 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3118 3119 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3120 3121 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3122 ParsedType Ty, 3123 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3124 Expr *InitExpr); 3125 3126 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3127 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3128 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3129 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3130 3131 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3132 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3133 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3134 3135 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3136 SourceLocation Loc, 3137 bool GNUSyntax, 3138 ExprResult Init); 3139 3140 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3141 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3142 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3143 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3144 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3145 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3146 3147 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3148 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3149 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3150 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3151 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3152 3153 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3154 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3155 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3156 3157 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3158 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3159 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3160 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3161 3162 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3163 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3164 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3165 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3166 union { 3167 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3168 Expr *E; 3169 } U; 3170 }; 3171 3172 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3173 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3174 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3175 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3176 unsigned NumComponents, 3177 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3178 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3179 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3180 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3181 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3182 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3183 unsigned NumComponents, 3184 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3185 3186 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3187 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3188 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3189 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3190 3191 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3192 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3193 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3194 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3195 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3196 3197 // __null 3198 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3199 3200 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3201 3202 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3203 enum IfExistsResult { 3204 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3205 IER_Exists, 3206 3207 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3208 IER_DoesNotExist, 3209 3210 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3211 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3212 IER_Dependent, 3213 3214 /// \brief An error occurred. 3215 IER_Error 3216 }; 3217 3218 IfExistsResult 3219 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3220 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3221 3222 IfExistsResult 3223 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3224 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3225 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3226 3227 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3228 bool IsIfExists, 3229 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3230 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3231 Stmt *Nested); 3232 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3233 bool IsIfExists, 3234 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3235 Stmt *Nested); 3236 3237 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3238 3239 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3240 /// started. 3241 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3242 3243 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3244 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3245 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3246 Scope *CurScope); 3247 3248 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3249 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3250 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3251 3252 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3253 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3254 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3255 Scope *CurScope); 3256 3257 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3258 3259 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3260 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3261 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3262 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3263 3264 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3265 3266 // Act on C++ namespaces 3267 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3268 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3269 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3270 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3271 SourceLocation LBrace, 3272 AttributeList *AttrList); 3273 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3274 3275 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3276 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3277 3278 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3279 3280 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3281 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3282 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3283 3284 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3285 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3286 /// 3287 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3288 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3289 3290 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3291 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3292 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3293 3294 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3295 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3296 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3297 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3298 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3299 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3300 AttributeList *AttrList); 3301 3302 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3303 3304 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3305 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3306 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3307 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3308 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3309 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3310 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3311 3312 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3313 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3314 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3315 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3316 NamedDecl *Target); 3317 3318 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3319 bool isTypeName, 3320 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3321 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3322 const LookupResult &Previous); 3323 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3324 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3325 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3326 3327 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3328 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3329 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3330 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3331 AttributeList *AttrList, 3332 bool IsInstantiation, 3333 bool IsTypeName, 3334 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3335 3336 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3337 3338 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3339 AccessSpecifier AS, 3340 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3341 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3342 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3343 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3344 AttributeList *AttrList, 3345 bool IsTypeName, 3346 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3347 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3348 AccessSpecifier AS, 3349 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3350 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3351 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3352 TypeResult Type); 3353 3354 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3355 /// and sets it as the initializer for the passed in VarDecl. 3356 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3357 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3358 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3359 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3360 3361 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3362 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3363 /// 3364 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3365 ExprResult 3366 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3367 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3368 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3369 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3370 3371 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3372 // the constructor can be elidable? 3373 ExprResult 3374 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3375 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3376 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3377 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3378 SourceRange ParenRange); 3379 3380 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3381 /// the default expr if needed. 3382 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3383 FunctionDecl *FD, 3384 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3385 3386 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3387 /// constructed variable. 3388 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3389 3390 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3391 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3392 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3393 // Pointer to allow copying 3394 Sema *Self; 3395 // We order exception specifications thus: 3396 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3397 // throw() comes next. 3398 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3399 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3400 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3401 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3402 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3403 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3404 3405 void ClearExceptions() { 3406 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3407 Exceptions.clear(); 3408 } 3409 3410 public: 3411 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3412 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3413 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3414 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3415 } 3416 3417 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3418 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3419 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3420 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3421 return ComputedEST; 3422 } 3423 3424 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3425 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3426 3427 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3428 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3429 3430 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3431 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3432 3433 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3434 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3435 3436 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3437 /// computed exception specification. 3438 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3439 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3440 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3441 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3442 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3443 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3444 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3445 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3446 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3447 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3448 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3449 tok::kw_false).take(); 3450 } 3451 } 3452 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3453 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3454 getEPI(EPI); 3455 return EPI; 3456 } 3457 }; 3458 3459 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3460 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3461 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3462 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3463 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3464 3465 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3466 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3467 /// will be const. 3468 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3469 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3470 3471 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3472 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3473 /// parameter will be const. 3474 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3475 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3476 3477 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3478 /// constructor of a class will have. 3479 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3480 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3481 3482 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3483 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3484 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3485 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3486 3487 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3488 /// destructor of a class will have. 3489 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3490 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3491 3492 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3493 /// special member function. 3494 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3495 3496 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3497 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3498 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3499 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3500 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3501 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3502 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3503 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3504 3505 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3506 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3507 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3508 bool Diagnose = false); 3509 3510 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3511 /// 3512 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3513 /// default constructor will be added. 3514 /// 3515 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3516 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3517 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3518 3519 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3520 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3521 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3522 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3523 3524 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3525 /// 3526 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3527 /// destructor will be added. 3528 /// 3529 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3530 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3531 3532 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3533 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3534 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3535 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3536 3537 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3538 /// 3539 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3540 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3541 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3542 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3543 3544 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3545 /// 3546 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3547 /// constructors will be added. 3548 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3549 3550 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3551 /// 3552 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3553 /// copy constructor will be added. 3554 /// 3555 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3556 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3557 3558 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3559 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3560 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3561 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3562 3563 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3564 /// 3565 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3566 /// move constructor will be added. 3567 /// 3568 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3569 /// declared. 3570 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3571 3572 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3573 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3574 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3575 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3576 3577 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3578 /// 3579 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3580 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3581 /// 3582 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3583 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3584 3585 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3586 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3587 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3588 3589 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3590 /// 3591 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3592 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3593 /// 3594 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3595 /// wasn't declared. 3596 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3597 3598 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3599 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3600 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3601 3602 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3603 /// class. 3604 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3605 3606 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3607 /// special member function. 3608 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3609 3610 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3611 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3612 /// 3613 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3614 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3615 3616 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3617 /// member function. 3618 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3619 3620 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3621 /// static member function. 3622 /// 3623 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3624 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3625 3626 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3627 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3628 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3629 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3630 3631 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3632 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3633 SourceLocation Loc, 3634 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3635 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3636 3637 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3638 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3639 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3640 ParsedType ObjectType, 3641 bool EnteringContext); 3642 3643 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3644 3645 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3646 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3647 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3648 3649 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3650 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3651 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3652 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3653 Declarator &D, 3654 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3655 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3656 Expr *E, 3657 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3658 3659 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3660 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3661 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3662 Expr *E, 3663 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3664 SourceRange Parens); 3665 3666 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3667 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3668 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3669 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3670 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3671 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3672 Expr *Operand, 3673 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3674 3675 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3676 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3677 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3678 void *TyOrExpr, 3679 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3680 3681 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3682 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3683 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3684 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3685 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3686 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3687 Expr *Operand, 3688 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3689 3690 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3691 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3692 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3693 void *TyOrExpr, 3694 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3695 3696 3697 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3698 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3699 3700 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3701 /// 3702 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3703 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3704 3705 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3706 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3707 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3708 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3709 3710 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3711 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3712 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3713 Sema &S; 3714 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3715 bool Enabled; 3716 3717 public: 3718 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3719 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3720 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3721 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3722 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3723 bool Enabled = true); 3724 3725 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3726 }; 3727 3728 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3729 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3730 /// 3731 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3732 /// 3733 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3734 /// capture list. 3735 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3736 3737 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3738 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3739 /// being defined. 3740 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3741 3742 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3743 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3744 3745 3746 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3747 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3748 3749 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3750 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3751 3752 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3753 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3754 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3755 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3756 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3757 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3758 3759 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3760 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3761 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3762 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3763 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3764 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3765 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3766 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3767 3768 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3769 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3770 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3771 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3772 3773 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3774 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3775 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3776 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3777 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3778 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3779 Expr *Initializer); 3780 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3781 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3782 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3783 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3784 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3785 QualType AllocType, 3786 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3787 Expr *ArraySize, 3788 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3789 Expr *Initializer, 3790 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3791 3792 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3793 SourceRange R); 3794 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3795 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3796 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3797 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3798 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3799 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3800 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3801 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3802 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3803 bool Diagnose = true); 3804 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3805 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3806 QualType Argument, 3807 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3808 3809 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3810 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3811 bool Diagnose = true); 3812 3813 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3814 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3815 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3816 Expr *Operand); 3817 3818 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3819 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3820 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3821 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3822 3823 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3824 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3825 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3826 SourceLocation RParen); 3827 3828 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3829 /// pseudo-functions. 3830 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3831 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3832 ParsedType Ty, 3833 SourceLocation RParen); 3834 3835 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3836 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3837 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3838 SourceLocation RParen); 3839 3840 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3841 /// pseudo-functions. 3842 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3843 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3844 ParsedType LhsTy, 3845 ParsedType RhsTy, 3846 SourceLocation RParen); 3847 3848 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3849 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3850 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3851 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3852 SourceLocation RParen); 3853 3854 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3855 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3856 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3857 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3858 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3859 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3860 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3861 3862 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3863 /// pseudo-functions. 3864 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3865 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3866 ParsedType LhsTy, 3867 Expr *DimExpr, 3868 SourceLocation RParen); 3869 3870 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3871 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3872 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3873 Expr *DimExpr, 3874 SourceLocation RParen); 3875 3876 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3877 /// pseudo-functions. 3878 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3879 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3880 Expr *Queried, 3881 SourceLocation RParen); 3882 3883 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3884 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3885 Expr *Queried, 3886 SourceLocation RParen); 3887 3888 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3889 Expr *Base, 3890 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3891 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3892 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3893 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3894 3895 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3896 3897 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3898 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3899 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3900 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3901 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3902 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3903 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3904 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3905 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3906 3907 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3908 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3909 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3910 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3911 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3912 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3913 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3914 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3915 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3916 3917 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3918 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3919 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3920 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3921 const DeclSpec& DS, 3922 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3923 3924 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3925 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3926 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3927 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3928 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3929 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3930 3931 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3932 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3933 : SourceLocation()); 3934 } 3935 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC); 3936 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3937 3938 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3939 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3940 3941 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3942 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3943 bool EnteringContext = false); 3944 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3945 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3946 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3947 3948 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3949 /// 3950 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3951 /// 3952 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3953 /// 3954 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3955 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3956 /// 3957 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3958 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3959 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3960 3961 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3962 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3963 3964 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3965 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3966 IdentifierInfo &II, 3967 ParsedType ObjectType); 3968 3969 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3970 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3971 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3972 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3973 QualType ObjectType, 3974 bool EnteringContext, 3975 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3976 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3977 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3978 3979 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3980 /// 3981 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3982 /// 3983 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3984 /// 3985 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3986 /// 3987 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3988 /// 3989 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3990 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3991 /// 3992 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3993 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3994 /// 3995 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3996 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3997 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3998 /// including this new type). 3999 /// 4000 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4001 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4002 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4003 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4004 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4005 ParsedType ObjectType, 4006 bool EnteringContext, 4007 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4008 4009 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4010 4011 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4012 const DeclSpec &DS, 4013 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4014 4015 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4016 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4017 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4018 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4019 ParsedType ObjectType, 4020 bool EnteringContext); 4021 4022 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4023 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4024 /// 4025 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4026 /// 4027 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4028 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4029 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4030 /// including this new type). 4031 /// 4032 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4033 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4034 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4035 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4036 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4037 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4038 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4039 /// 4040 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4041 /// nested-name-specifier. 4042 /// 4043 /// 4044 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4045 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4046 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4047 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4048 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4049 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4050 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4051 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4052 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4053 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4054 bool EnteringContext); 4055 4056 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4057 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4058 /// nested-name-specifier. 4059 /// 4060 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4061 /// 4062 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4063 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4064 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4065 4066 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4067 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4068 /// 4069 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4070 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4071 /// 4072 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4073 /// 4074 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4075 /// of the annotation pointer. 4076 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4077 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4078 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4079 4080 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4081 4082 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4083 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4084 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4085 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4086 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4087 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4088 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4089 4090 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4091 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4092 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4093 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4094 /// defining scope. 4095 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4096 4097 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4098 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4099 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4100 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4101 /// class X. 4102 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4103 4104 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4105 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4106 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4107 4108 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4109 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4110 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4111 bool KnownDependent); 4112 4113 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4114 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4115 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4116 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4117 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4118 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4119 4120 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4121 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4122 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4123 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4124 bool ExplicitParams, 4125 bool ExplicitResultType, 4126 bool Mutable); 4127 4128 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4129 /// given lambda. 4130 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4131 4132 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4133 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4134 4135 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4136 /// statements present in the body. 4137 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4138 4139 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4140 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4141 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4142 /// lambda. 4143 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4144 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4145 4146 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4147 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4148 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4149 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4150 4151 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4152 /// was successfully completed. 4153 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4154 Scope *CurScope, 4155 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4156 4157 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4158 /// function pointer. 4159 /// 4160 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4161 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4162 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4163 /// block pointer conversion. 4164 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4165 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4166 4167 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4168 /// block pointer. 4169 /// 4170 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4171 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4172 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4173 /// block pointer conversion. 4174 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4175 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4176 4177 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4178 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4179 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4180 Expr *Src); 4181 4182 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4183 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4184 Expr **Strings, 4185 unsigned NumStrings); 4186 4187 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4188 4189 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4190 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4191 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4192 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4193 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4194 bool Value); 4195 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4196 4197 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4198 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4199 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4200 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4201 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4202 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4203 4204 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4205 Expr *IndexExpr, 4206 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4207 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4208 4209 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4210 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4211 unsigned NumElements); 4212 4213 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4214 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4215 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4216 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4217 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4218 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4219 4220 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4221 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4222 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4223 ParsedType Ty, 4224 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4225 4226 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4227 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4228 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4229 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4230 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4231 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4232 4233 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4234 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4235 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4236 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4237 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4238 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4239 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4240 4241 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4242 // C++ Declarations 4243 // 4244 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4245 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4246 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4247 StringRef Lang, 4248 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4249 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4250 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4251 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4252 4253 4254 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4255 // C++ Classes 4256 // 4257 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4258 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4259 4260 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4261 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4262 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4263 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4264 4265 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4266 Declarator &D, 4267 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4268 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4269 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4270 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4271 Expr *Init); 4272 4273 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4274 Scope *S, 4275 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4276 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4277 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4278 const DeclSpec &DS, 4279 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4280 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4281 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4282 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4283 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4284 4285 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4286 Scope *S, 4287 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4288 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4289 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4290 const DeclSpec &DS, 4291 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4292 Expr *InitList, 4293 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4294 4295 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4296 Scope *S, 4297 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4298 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4299 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4300 const DeclSpec &DS, 4301 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4302 Expr *Init, 4303 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4304 4305 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4306 Expr *Init, 4307 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4308 4309 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4310 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4311 Expr *Init, 4312 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4313 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4314 4315 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4316 Expr *Init, 4317 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4318 4319 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4320 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4321 4322 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4323 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4324 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4325 4326 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4327 4328 4329 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4330 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4331 /// referenced. 4332 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4333 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4334 4335 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4336 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4337 /// first use occurred. 4338 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4339 4340 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4341 /// materialized. 4342 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4343 4344 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4345 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4346 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4347 /// by code generation). 4348 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4349 4350 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4351 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4352 4353 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4354 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4355 DynamicClassesType; 4356 4357 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4358 /// unit. 4359 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4360 4361 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4362 /// given location. 4363 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4364 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4365 4366 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4367 /// in the given class as needed. 4368 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4369 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4370 4371 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4372 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4373 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4374 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4375 4376 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4377 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4378 /// vtables. 4379 /// 4380 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4381 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4382 4383 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4384 4385 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4386 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4387 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4388 unsigned NumMemInits, 4389 bool AnyErrors); 4390 4391 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4392 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4393 Decl *TagDecl, 4394 SourceLocation LBrac, 4395 SourceLocation RBrac, 4396 AttributeList *AttrList); 4397 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4398 4399 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4400 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4401 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4402 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4403 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4404 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4405 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4406 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4407 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4408 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4409 4410 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4411 Expr *AssertExpr, 4412 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4413 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4414 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4415 Expr *AssertExpr, 4416 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4417 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4418 bool Failed); 4419 4420 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4421 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4422 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4423 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4424 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4425 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4426 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4427 4428 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4429 StorageClass& SC); 4430 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4431 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4432 StorageClass& SC); 4433 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4434 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4435 StorageClass& SC); 4436 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4437 4438 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4439 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4440 4441 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4442 // C++ Derived Classes 4443 // 4444 4445 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4446 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4447 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4448 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4449 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4450 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4451 4452 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4453 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4454 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4455 ParsedType basetype, 4456 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4457 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4458 4459 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4460 unsigned NumBases); 4461 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4462 unsigned NumBases); 4463 4464 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4465 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4466 4467 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4468 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4469 4470 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4471 4472 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4473 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4474 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4475 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4476 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4477 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4478 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4479 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4480 DeclarationName Name, 4481 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4482 4483 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4484 4485 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4486 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4487 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4488 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4489 4490 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4491 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4492 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4493 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4494 4495 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4496 4497 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4498 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4499 4500 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4501 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4502 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4503 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4504 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4505 4506 4507 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4508 // C++ Access Control 4509 // 4510 4511 enum AccessResult { 4512 AR_accessible, 4513 AR_inaccessible, 4514 AR_dependent, 4515 AR_delayed 4516 }; 4517 4518 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4519 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4520 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4521 4522 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4523 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4524 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4525 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4526 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4527 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4528 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4529 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4530 bool Diagnose = true); 4531 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4532 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4533 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4534 AccessSpecifier Access, 4535 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4536 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4537 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4538 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4539 AccessSpecifier Access, 4540 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4541 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4542 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4543 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4544 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4545 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4546 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4547 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4548 Expr *ArgExpr, 4549 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4550 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4551 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4552 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4553 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4554 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4555 unsigned DiagID, 4556 bool ForceCheck = false, 4557 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4558 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4559 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4560 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4561 AccessSpecifier access, 4562 QualType objectType); 4563 4564 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4565 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4566 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4567 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4568 4569 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4570 4571 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4572 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4573 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4574 4575 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4576 AbstractNone = -1, 4577 AbstractReturnType, 4578 AbstractParamType, 4579 AbstractVariableType, 4580 AbstractFieldType, 4581 AbstractIvarType, 4582 AbstractArrayType 4583 }; 4584 4585 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4586 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4587 template<typename T1> 4588 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4589 unsigned DiagID, 4590 const T1 &Arg1) { 4591 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4592 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4593 } 4594 4595 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4596 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4597 unsigned DiagID, 4598 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4599 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4600 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4601 } 4602 4603 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4604 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4605 unsigned DiagID, 4606 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4607 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4608 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4609 } 4610 4611 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4612 4613 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4614 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4615 4616 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4617 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4618 // 4619 4620 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4621 4622 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4623 4624 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4625 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4626 // 4627 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4628 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4629 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4630 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4631 4632 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4633 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4634 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4635 4636 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4637 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4638 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4639 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4640 ParsedType ObjectType, 4641 bool EnteringContext, 4642 TemplateTy &Template, 4643 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4644 4645 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4646 SourceLocation IILoc, 4647 Scope *S, 4648 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4649 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4650 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4651 4652 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4653 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4654 4655 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4656 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4657 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4658 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4659 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4660 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4661 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4662 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4663 4664 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4665 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4666 unsigned Depth, 4667 unsigned Position, 4668 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4669 Expr *DefaultArg); 4670 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4671 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4672 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4673 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4674 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4675 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4676 unsigned Depth, 4677 unsigned Position, 4678 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4679 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4680 4681 TemplateParameterList * 4682 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4683 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4684 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4685 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4686 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4687 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4688 4689 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4690 /// list. 4691 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4692 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4693 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4694 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4695 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4696 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4697 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4698 }; 4699 4700 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4701 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4702 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4703 TemplateParameterList * 4704 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4705 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4706 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4707 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4708 unsigned NumParamLists, 4709 bool IsFriend, 4710 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4711 bool &Invalid); 4712 4713 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4714 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4715 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4716 AttributeList *Attr, 4717 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4718 AccessSpecifier AS, 4719 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4720 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4721 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4722 4723 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4724 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4725 4726 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4727 4728 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4729 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4730 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4731 4732 TypeResult 4733 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4734 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4735 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4736 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4737 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4738 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4739 4740 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4741 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4742 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4743 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4744 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4745 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4746 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4747 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4748 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4749 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4750 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4751 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4752 4753 4754 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4755 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4756 LookupResult &R, 4757 bool RequiresADL, 4758 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4759 4760 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4761 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4762 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4763 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4764 4765 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4766 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4767 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4768 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4769 ParsedType ObjectType, 4770 bool EnteringContext, 4771 TemplateTy &Template); 4772 4773 DeclResult 4774 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4775 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4776 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4777 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4778 TemplateTy Template, 4779 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4780 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4781 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4782 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4783 AttributeList *Attr, 4784 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4785 4786 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4787 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4788 Declarator &D); 4789 4790 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4791 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4792 Declarator &D); 4793 4794 bool 4795 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4796 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4797 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4798 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4799 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4800 bool &SuppressNew); 4801 4802 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4803 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4804 LookupResult &Previous); 4805 4806 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4807 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4808 LookupResult &Previous); 4809 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4810 4811 DeclResult 4812 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4813 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4814 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4815 unsigned TagSpec, 4816 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4817 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4818 TemplateTy Template, 4819 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4820 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4821 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4822 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4823 AttributeList *Attr); 4824 4825 DeclResult 4826 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4827 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4828 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4829 unsigned TagSpec, 4830 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4831 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4832 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4833 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4834 AttributeList *Attr); 4835 4836 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4837 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4838 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4839 Declarator &D); 4840 4841 TemplateArgumentLoc 4842 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4843 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4844 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4845 Decl *Param, 4846 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4847 4848 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4849 /// argument is being checked. 4850 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4851 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4852 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4853 CTAK_Specified, 4854 4855 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4856 /// deduction. 4857 CTAK_Deduced, 4858 4859 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4860 /// via template argument deduction. 4861 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4862 }; 4863 4864 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4865 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4866 NamedDecl *Template, 4867 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4868 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4869 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4870 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4871 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4872 4873 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4874 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4875 /// 4876 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4877 /// provided. 4878 /// 4879 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4880 /// 4881 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4882 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4883 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4884 /// arguments. 4885 /// 4886 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4887 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4888 /// set of template arguments. 4889 /// 4890 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4891 /// arguments. 4892 /// 4893 /// 4894 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4895 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4896 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4897 /// 4898 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4899 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4900 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4901 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4902 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4903 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4904 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4905 4906 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4907 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4908 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4909 4910 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4911 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4912 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4913 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4914 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4915 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4916 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4917 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4918 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 4919 4920 ExprResult 4921 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4922 QualType ParamType, 4923 SourceLocation Loc); 4924 ExprResult 4925 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4926 SourceLocation Loc); 4927 4928 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4929 /// for equality. 4930 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4931 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4932 /// that might be redeclarations. 4933 /// 4934 /// \code 4935 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4936 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4937 /// \endcode 4938 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4939 4940 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4941 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4942 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4943 /// 4944 /// \code 4945 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4946 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4947 /// \endcode 4948 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4949 4950 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4951 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4952 /// template parameter. 4953 /// 4954 /// \code 4955 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4956 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4957 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4958 /// \endcode 4959 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4960 }; 4961 4962 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4963 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4964 bool Complain, 4965 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4966 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4967 = SourceLocation()); 4968 4969 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4970 4971 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4972 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4973 /// 4974 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4975 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4976 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4977 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4978 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4979 TypeResult 4980 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4981 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4982 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4983 4984 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4985 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4986 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4987 /// 4988 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4989 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4990 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4991 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4992 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4993 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4994 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4995 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4996 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4997 TypeResult 4998 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4999 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5000 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5001 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5002 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5003 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5004 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5005 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5006 5007 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5008 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5009 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5010 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5011 SourceLocation IILoc); 5012 5013 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5014 SourceLocation Loc, 5015 DeclarationName Name); 5016 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5017 5018 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5019 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5020 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5021 5022 std::string 5023 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5024 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5025 5026 std::string 5027 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5028 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5029 unsigned NumArgs); 5030 5031 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5032 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5033 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5034 5035 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5036 /// being diagnosed. 5037 /// 5038 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5039 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5040 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5041 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5042 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5043 5044 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5045 UPPC_BaseType, 5046 5047 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5048 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5049 5050 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5051 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5052 5053 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5054 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5055 5056 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5057 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5058 5059 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5060 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5061 5062 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5063 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5064 5065 /// \brief A using declaration. 5066 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5067 5068 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5069 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5070 5071 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5072 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5073 5074 /// \brief An initializer. 5075 UPPC_Initializer, 5076 5077 /// \brief A default argument. 5078 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5079 5080 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5081 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5082 5083 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5084 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5085 5086 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5087 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5088 5089 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5090 UPPC_IfExists, 5091 5092 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5093 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5094 5095 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5096 UPPC_Lambda, 5097 5098 /// \brief Block expression, 5099 UPPC_Block 5100}; 5101 5102 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5103 /// 5104 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5105 /// 5106 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5107 /// parameter packs. 5108 /// 5109 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5110 /// 5111 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5112 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5113 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5114 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5115 5116 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5117 /// diagnose the error. 5118 /// 5119 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5120 /// 5121 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5122 /// packs. 5123 /// 5124 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5125 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5126 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5127 5128 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5129 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5130 /// 5131 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5132 /// parameter packs. 5133 /// 5134 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5135 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5136 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5137 5138 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5139 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5140 /// 5141 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5142 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5143 /// 5144 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5145 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5146 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5147 5148 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5149 /// diagnose the error. 5150 /// 5151 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5152 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5153 /// 5154 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5155 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5156 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5157 5158 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5159 /// diagnose the error. 5160 /// 5161 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5162 /// 5163 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5164 /// parameter packs. 5165 /// 5166 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5167 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5168 TemplateName Template, 5169 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5170 5171 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5172 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5173 /// 5174 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5175 /// parameter packs. 5176 /// 5177 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5178 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5179 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5180 5181 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5182 /// template argument. 5183 /// 5184 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5185 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5186 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5187 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5188 5189 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5190 /// template argument. 5191 /// 5192 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5193 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5194 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5195 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5196 5197 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5198 /// type. 5199 /// 5200 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5201 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5202 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5203 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5204 5205 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5206 /// type. 5207 /// 5208 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5209 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5210 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5211 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5212 5213 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5214 /// nested-name-specifier. 5215 /// 5216 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5217 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5218 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5219 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5220 5221 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5222 /// name. 5223 /// 5224 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5225 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5226 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5227 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5228 5229 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5230 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5231 /// 5232 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5233 /// may already be invalid. 5234 /// 5235 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5236 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5237 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5238 5239 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5240 /// creates a pack expansion. 5241 /// 5242 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5243 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5244 /// 5245 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5246 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5247 5248 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5249 /// expansion. 5250 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5251 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5252 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5253 5254 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5255 /// expansion. 5256 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5257 SourceRange PatternRange, 5258 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5259 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5260 5261 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5262 /// creates a pack expansion. 5263 /// 5264 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5265 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5266 /// 5267 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5268 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5269 5270 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5271 /// creates a pack expansion. 5272 /// 5273 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5274 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5275 /// 5276 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5277 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5278 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5279 5280 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5281 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5282 /// transforming the pattern. 5283 /// 5284 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5285 /// pack expansion. 5286 /// 5287 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5288 /// the pack expansion. 5289 /// 5290 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5291 /// pattern. 5292 /// 5293 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5294 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5295 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5296 /// 5297 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5298 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5299 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5300 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5301 /// 5302 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5303 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5304 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5305 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5306 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5307 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5308 /// set this value in other cases. 5309 /// 5310 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5311 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5312 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5313 /// must be set. 5314 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5315 SourceRange PatternRange, 5316 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5317 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5318 bool &ShouldExpand, 5319 bool &RetainExpansion, 5320 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5321 5322 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5323 /// type. 5324 /// 5325 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5326 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5327 /// 5328 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5329 llvm::Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5330 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5331 5332 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5333 /// parameter packs. 5334 /// 5335 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5336 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5337 /// 5338 /// \code 5339 /// void f(T...); 5340 /// \endcode 5341 /// 5342 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5343 /// a variadic function. 5344 /// 5345 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5346 /// false otherwise. 5347 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5348 5349 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5350 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5351 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5352 5353 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5354 /// 5355 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5356 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5357 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5358 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5359 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5360 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5361 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5362 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5363 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5364 TDK_Success = 0, 5365 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5366 TDK_Invalid, 5367 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5368 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5369 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5370 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5371 /// for every template parameter. 5372 TDK_Incomplete, 5373 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5374 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5375 TDK_Inconsistent, 5376 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5377 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5378 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5379 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5380 TDK_Underqualified, 5381 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5382 /// resulted in an error. 5383 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5384 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5385 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5386 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5387 /// arguments provided. 5388 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5389 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5390 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5391 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5392 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5393 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5394 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5395 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5396 /// template arguments for the given template. 5397 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5398 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5399 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5400 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5401 }; 5402 5403 TemplateDeductionResult 5404 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5405 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5406 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5407 5408 TemplateDeductionResult 5409 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5410 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5411 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5412 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5413 QualType *FunctionType, 5414 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5415 5416 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5417 // deduction for a call. 5418 struct OriginalCallArg { 5419 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5420 unsigned ArgIdx, 5421 QualType OriginalArgType) 5422 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5423 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5424 5425 QualType OriginalParamType; 5426 unsigned ArgIdx; 5427 QualType OriginalArgType; 5428 }; 5429 5430 TemplateDeductionResult 5431 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5432 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5433 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5434 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5435 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5436 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5437 5438 TemplateDeductionResult 5439 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5440 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5441 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5442 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5443 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5444 5445 TemplateDeductionResult 5446 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5447 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5448 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5449 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5450 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5451 5452 TemplateDeductionResult 5453 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5454 QualType ToType, 5455 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5456 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5457 5458 TemplateDeductionResult 5459 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5460 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5461 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5462 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5463 5464 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5465 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5466 DAR_Succeeded, 5467 DAR_Failed, 5468 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5469 }; 5470 5471 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5472 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5473 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5474 5475 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5476 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5477 SourceLocation Loc, 5478 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5479 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5480 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5481 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5482 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5483 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5484 SourceLocation Loc, 5485 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5486 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5487 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5488 bool Complain = true, 5489 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5490 5491 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5492 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5493 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5494 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5495 SourceLocation Loc); 5496 5497 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5498 bool OnlyDeduced, 5499 unsigned Depth, 5500 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5501 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5502 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5503 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5504 } 5505 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5506 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5507 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5508 5509 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5510 // C++ Template Instantiation 5511 // 5512 5513 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5514 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5515 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5516 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5517 5518 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5519 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5520 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5521 enum InstantiationKind { 5522 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5523 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5524 TemplateInstantiation, 5525 5526 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5527 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5528 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5529 /// arguments as specified. 5530 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5531 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5532 5533 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5534 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5535 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5536 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5537 5538 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5539 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5540 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5541 5542 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5543 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5544 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5545 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5546 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5547 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5548 5549 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5550 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5551 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5552 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5553 5554 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5555 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5556 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5557 5558 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5559 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5560 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5561 } Kind; 5562 5563 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5564 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5565 5566 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5567 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5568 /// arguments. 5569 NamedDecl *Template; 5570 5571 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5572 Decl *Entity; 5573 5574 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5575 /// are not part of the entity. 5576 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5577 5578 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5579 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5580 5581 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5582 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5583 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5584 5585 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5586 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5587 /// template instantiation. 5588 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5589 5590 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5591 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5592 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5593 5594 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5595 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5596 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5597 5598 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5599 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5600 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5601 return false; 5602 5603 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5604 return false; 5605 5606 switch (X.Kind) { 5607 case TemplateInstantiation: 5608 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5609 return true; 5610 5611 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5612 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5613 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5614 return false; 5615 5616 // Fall through 5617 5618 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5619 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5620 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5621 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5622 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5623 5624 } 5625 5626 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5627 } 5628 5629 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5630 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5631 return !(X == Y); 5632 } 5633 }; 5634 5635 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5636 /// 5637 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5638 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5639 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5640 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5641 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5642 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5643 5644 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5645 /// template instantiation. 5646 /// 5647 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5648 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5649 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5650 5651 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5652 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5653 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5654 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5655 5656 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5657 /// error or warning was produced. 5658 /// 5659 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5660 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5661 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5662 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5663 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5664 5665 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5666 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5667 /// 5668 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5669 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5670 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5671 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5672 5673 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5674 /// within a \c Sema object. 5675 /// 5676 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5677 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5678 Sema &Self; 5679 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5680 5681 public: 5682 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5683 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5684 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5685 } 5686 5687 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5688 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5689 } 5690 }; 5691 5692 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5693 5694 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5695 /// 5696 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5697 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5698 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5699 5700 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5701 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5702 /// deduction. 5703 /// 5704 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5705 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5706 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5707 5708 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5709 /// instantiation. 5710 /// 5711 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5712 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5713 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5714 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5715 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5716 /// 5717 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5718 /// the stack. 5719 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5720 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5721 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5722 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5723 Decl *Entity, 5724 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5725 5726 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5727 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5728 /// of a function template. 5729 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5730 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5731 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5732 5733 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5734 /// template-id. 5735 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5736 TemplateDecl *Template, 5737 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5738 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5739 5740 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5741 /// template-id. 5742 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5743 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5744 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5745 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5746 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5747 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5748 5749 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5750 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5751 /// specialization. 5752 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5753 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5754 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5755 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5756 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5757 5758 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5759 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5760 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5761 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5762 5763 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5764 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5765 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5766 NamedDecl *Template, 5767 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5768 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5769 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5770 5771 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5772 NamedDecl *Template, 5773 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5774 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5775 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5776 5777 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5778 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5779 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5780 TemplateDecl *Template, 5781 NamedDecl *Param, 5782 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5783 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5784 5785 5786 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5787 void Clear(); 5788 5789 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5790 5791 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5792 /// recursive template instantiations. 5793 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5794 5795 private: 5796 Sema &SemaRef; 5797 bool Invalid; 5798 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5799 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5800 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5801 5802 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5803 5804 InstantiatingTemplate& 5805 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5806 }; 5807 5808 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5809 5810 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5811 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5812 /// errors. 5813 /// 5814 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5815 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5816 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5817 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5818 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5819 5820 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5821 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5822 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5823 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5824 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5825 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5826 } 5827 5828 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5829 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5830 /// deduction.` 5831 class SFINAETrap { 5832 Sema &SemaRef; 5833 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5834 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5835 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5836 5837 public: 5838 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5839 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5840 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5841 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5842 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5843 { 5844 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5845 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5846 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5847 } 5848 5849 ~SFINAETrap() { 5850 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5851 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5852 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5853 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5854 } 5855 5856 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5857 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5858 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5859 } 5860 }; 5861 5862 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5863 /// variables. 5864 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5865 5866 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5867 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5868 5869 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5870 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5871 5872 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5873 /// name lookup. 5874 /// 5875 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5876 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5877 /// string represents a keyword. 5878 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5879 5880 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5881 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5882 5883 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5884 /// 5885 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5886 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5887 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5888 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5889 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5890 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5891 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5892 5893 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5894 /// but have not yet been performed. 5895 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5896 5897 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5898 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5899 /// 5900 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5901 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5902 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5903 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5904 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5905 5906 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5907 5908 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5909 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5910 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5911 5912 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5913 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5914 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5915 5916 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5917 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5918 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5919 5920 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5921 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5922 SourceLocation Loc, 5923 DeclarationName Entity, 5924 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5925 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5926 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5927 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5928 int indexAdjustment, 5929 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5930 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5931 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5932 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5933 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5934 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5935 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5936 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5937 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5938 5939 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5940 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5941 /// 5942 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5943 /// 5944 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5945 /// 5946 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5947 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5948 /// 5949 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5950 /// 5951 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5952 /// 5953 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5954 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5955 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5956 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5957 5958 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5959 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5960 5961 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5962 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5963 5964 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5965 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5966 bool CXXDirectInit); 5967 5968 bool 5969 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5970 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5971 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5972 5973 bool 5974 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5975 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5976 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5977 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5978 bool Complain = true); 5979 5980 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5981 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5982 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5983 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5984 5985 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5986 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5987 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5988 Decl *NewDecl; 5989 5990 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5991 Decl *D) 5992 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5993 { } 5994 }; 5995 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5996 5997 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5998 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5999 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6000 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6001 6002 bool 6003 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6004 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6005 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6006 bool Complain = true); 6007 6008 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6009 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6010 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6011 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6012 6013 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6014 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6015 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6016 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6017 6018 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6019 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6020 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6021 6022 DeclarationNameInfo 6023 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6024 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6025 TemplateName 6026 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6027 SourceLocation Loc, 6028 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6029 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6030 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6031 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6032 6033 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6034 FunctionDecl *Function); 6035 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6036 FunctionDecl *Function, 6037 bool Recursive = false, 6038 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6039 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6040 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6041 VarDecl *Var, 6042 bool Recursive = false, 6043 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6044 6045 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6046 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6047 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6048 6049 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6050 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6051 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6052 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6053 6054 // Objective-C declarations. 6055 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6056 OCK_None = -1, 6057 OCK_Interface = 0, 6058 OCK_Protocol, 6059 OCK_Category, 6060 OCK_ClassExtension, 6061 OCK_Implementation, 6062 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6063 }; 6064 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6065 6066 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6067 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6068 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6069 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6070 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6071 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6072 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6073 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6074 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6075 AttributeList *AttrList); 6076 6077 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6078 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6079 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6080 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6081 6082 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6083 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6084 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6085 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6086 6087 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6088 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6089 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6090 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6091 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6092 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6093 AttributeList *AttrList); 6094 6095 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6096 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6097 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6098 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6099 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6100 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6101 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6102 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6103 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6104 6105 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6106 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6107 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6108 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6109 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6110 6111 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6112 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6113 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6114 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6115 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6116 6117 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6118 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6119 6120 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6121 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6122 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6123 unsigned NumElts); 6124 6125 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6126 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6127 unsigned NumElts, 6128 AttributeList *attrList); 6129 6130 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6131 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6132 unsigned NumProtocols, 6133 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6134 6135 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6136 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6137 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6138 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6139 SourceLocation Loc, 6140 unsigned &Attributes, 6141 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6142 6143 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6144 /// setters and getters as needed. 6145 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6146 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6147 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6148 /// in class extension. 6149 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6150 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6151 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6152 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6153 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6154 6155 6156 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6157 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6158 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6159 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6160 6161 6162 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6163 6164 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6165 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6166 6167 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6168 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6169 6170 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6171 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6172 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6173 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6174 6175 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6176 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6177 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6178 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6179 bool *OverridingProperty, 6180 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6181 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6182 6183 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6184 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6185 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6186 bool ImplKind, 6187 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6188 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6189 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6190 6191 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6192 OSMK_None, 6193 OSMK_Alloc, 6194 OSMK_New, 6195 OSMK_Copy, 6196 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6197 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6198 }; 6199 6200 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6201 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6202 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6203 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6204 // in this case. 6205 ParsedType Type; 6206 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6207 6208 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6209 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6210 }; 6211 6212 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6213 Scope *S, 6214 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6215 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6216 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6217 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6218 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6219 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6220 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6221 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6222 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6223 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6224 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6225 6226 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6227 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6228 bool IsInstance); 6229 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6230 bool IsInstance); 6231 6232 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6233 6234 ExprResult 6235 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6236 Expr *BaseExpr, 6237 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6238 DeclarationName MemberName, 6239 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6240 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6241 bool Super); 6242 6243 ExprResult 6244 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6245 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6246 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6247 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6248 6249 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6250 6251 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6252 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6253 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6254 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6255 ObjCSuperMessage, 6256 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6257 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6258 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6259 /// name. 6260 ObjCClassMessage 6261 }; 6262 6263 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6264 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6265 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6266 bool IsSuper, 6267 bool HasTrailingDot, 6268 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6269 6270 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6271 Selector Sel, 6272 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6273 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6274 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6275 MultiExprArg Args); 6276 6277 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6278 QualType ReceiverType, 6279 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6280 Selector Sel, 6281 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6282 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6283 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6284 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6285 MultiExprArg Args, 6286 bool isImplicit = false); 6287 6288 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6289 bool isSuperReceiver, 6290 SourceLocation Loc, 6291 Selector Sel, 6292 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6293 MultiExprArg Args); 6294 6295 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6296 ParsedType Receiver, 6297 Selector Sel, 6298 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6299 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6300 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6301 MultiExprArg Args); 6302 6303 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6304 QualType ReceiverType, 6305 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6306 Selector Sel, 6307 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6308 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6309 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6310 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6311 MultiExprArg Args, 6312 bool isImplicit = false); 6313 6314 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6315 QualType ReceiverType, 6316 SourceLocation Loc, 6317 Selector Sel, 6318 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6319 MultiExprArg Args); 6320 6321 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6322 Expr *Receiver, 6323 Selector Sel, 6324 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6325 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6326 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6327 MultiExprArg Args); 6328 6329 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6330 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6331 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6332 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6333 Expr *SubExpr); 6334 6335 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6336 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6337 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6338 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6339 ParsedType Type, 6340 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6341 Expr *SubExpr); 6342 6343 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6344 6345 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6346 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6347 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6348 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6349 bool IsImplementation); 6350 6351 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6352 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6353 RTC_Compatible, 6354 RTC_Incompatible, 6355 RTC_Unknown 6356 }; 6357 6358 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6359 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6360 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6361 6362 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6363 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6364 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6365 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6366 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6367 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6368 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6369 }; 6370 6371 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6372 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6373 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6374 6375 enum PragmaPackKind { 6376 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6377 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6378 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6379 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6380 }; 6381 6382 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6383 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6384 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6385 }; 6386 6387 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6388 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6389 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6390 Expr *Alignment, 6391 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6392 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6393 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6394 6395 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6396 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6397 6398 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6399 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6400 Scope *curScope, 6401 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6402 6403 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6404 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6405 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6406 6407 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6408 SourceLocation Loc); 6409 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6410 6411 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6412 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6413 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6414 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6415 6416 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6417 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6418 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6419 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6420 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6421 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6422 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6423 6424 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6425 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6426 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6427 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6428 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6429 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6430 6431 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6432 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6433 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6434 6435 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6436 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6437 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6438 6439 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6440 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6441 6442 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6443 void FreePackedContext(); 6444 6445 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6446 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6447 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6448 SourceLocation Loc); 6449 6450 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6451 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6452 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6453 6454 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6455 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6456 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6457 6458 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6459 void FreeVisContext(); 6460 6461 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6462 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6463 /// the appropriate attribute. 6464 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6465 6466 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6467 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6468 bool isDeclSpec); 6469 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6470 bool isDeclSpec); 6471 6472 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6473 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6474 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6475 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6476 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6477 CCK_CStyleCast, 6478 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6479 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6480 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6481 CCK_OtherCast 6482 }; 6483 6484 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6485 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6486 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6487 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6488 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6489 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6490 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6491 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6492 6493 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6494 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6495 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6496 6497 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6498 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6499 /// required. 6500 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6501 6502 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6503 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6504 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6505 6506 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6507 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6508 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6509 6510 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6511 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6512 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6513 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6514 6515 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6516 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6517 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6518 // type. 6519 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6520 6521 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6522 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6523 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6524 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6525 6526 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6527 enum VariadicCallType { 6528 VariadicFunction, 6529 VariadicBlock, 6530 VariadicMethod, 6531 VariadicConstructor, 6532 VariadicDoesNotApply 6533 }; 6534 6535 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6536 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6537 Expr *Fn); 6538 6539 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6540 // vararg function. 6541 enum VarArgKind { 6542 VAK_Valid, 6543 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6544 VAK_Invalid 6545 }; 6546 6547 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6548 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6549 6550 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6551 /// form of call prototypes. 6552 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6553 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6554 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6555 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6556 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6557 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6558 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6559 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6560 6561 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6562 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6563 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6564 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6565 6566 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6567 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6568 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6569 6570 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6571 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6572 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6573 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6574 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6575 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6576 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6577 6578 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6579 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6580 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6581 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6582 /// source and destination type. 6583 enum AssignConvertType { 6584 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6585 Compatible, 6586 6587 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6588 /// accept as an extension. 6589 PointerToInt, 6590 6591 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6592 /// accept as an extension. 6593 IntToPointer, 6594 6595 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6596 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6597 FunctionVoidPointer, 6598 6599 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6600 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6601 IncompatiblePointer, 6602 6603 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6604 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6605 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6606 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6607 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6608 6609 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6610 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6611 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6612 6613 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6614 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6615 /// like address spaces. 6616 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6617 6618 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6619 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6620 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6621 /// extension. 6622 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6623 6624 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6625 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6626 IncompatibleVectors, 6627 6628 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6629 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6630 IntToBlockPointer, 6631 6632 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6633 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6634 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6635 6636 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6637 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6638 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6639 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6640 6641 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6642 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6643 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6644 6645 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6646 /// represent it in the AST. 6647 Incompatible 6648 }; 6649 6650 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6651 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6652 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6653 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6654 SourceLocation Loc, 6655 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6656 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6657 bool *Complained = 0); 6658 6659 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6660 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6661 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6662 Expr *SrcExpr); 6663 6664 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6665 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6666 /// C99 6.5.16. 6667 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6668 QualType LHSType, 6669 QualType RHSType); 6670 6671 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6672 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6673 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6674 ExprResult &RHS, 6675 CastKind &Kind); 6676 6677 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6678 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6679 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6680 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6681 ExprResult &RHS, 6682 bool Diagnose = true); 6683 6684 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6685 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6686 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6687 ExprResult &RHS); 6688 6689 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6690 6691 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6692 6693 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6694 AssignmentAction Action, 6695 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6696 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6697 AssignmentAction Action, 6698 bool AllowExplicit, 6699 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6700 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6701 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6702 AssignmentAction Action, 6703 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6704 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6705 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6706 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6707 AssignmentAction Action, 6708 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6709 6710 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6711 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6712 6713 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6714 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6715 ExprResult &RHS); 6716 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6717 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6718 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6719 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6720 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6721 bool IsDivide); 6722 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6723 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6724 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6725 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6726 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6727 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6728 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6729 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6730 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6731 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6732 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6733 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6734 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6735 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6736 bool isRelational); 6737 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6738 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6739 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6740 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6741 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6742 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6743 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6744 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6745 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6746 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6747 6748 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6749 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6750 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6751 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6752 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6753 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6754 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6755 6756 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6757 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6758 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6759 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6760 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6761 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6762 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6763 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6764 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6765 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6766 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6767 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6768 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6769 NonStandardCompositeType); 6770 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6771 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6772 return Composite; 6773 } 6774 6775 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6776 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6777 6778 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6779 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6780 6781 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6782 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6783 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6784 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6785 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6786 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6787 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6788 SourceLocation Loc); 6789 6790 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6791 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6792 6793 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6794 6795 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6796 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6797 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6798 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6799 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6800 /// reference binding is not possible. 6801 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6802 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6803 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6804 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6805 Ref_Related, 6806 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6807 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6808 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6809 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6810 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6811 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6812 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6813 Ref_Compatible 6814 }; 6815 6816 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6817 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6818 bool &DerivedToBase, 6819 bool &ObjCConversion, 6820 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6821 6822 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6823 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6824 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6825 6826 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6827 /// given type. 6828 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6829 6830 /// \brief Handle an expression that's being passed to an 6831 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6832 /// 6833 /// \return the effective parameter type to use, or null if the 6834 /// argument is invalid. 6835 QualType checkUnknownAnyArg(Expr *&result); 6836 6837 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6838 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6839 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6840 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6841 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6842 CastKind &Kind); 6843 6844 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6845 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6846 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6847 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6848 // returns the cast expr 6849 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6850 CastKind &Kind); 6851 6852 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6853 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6854 Expr *CastExpr, 6855 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6856 6857 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6858 6859 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6860 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6861 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6862 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6863 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6864 6865 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6866 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6867 6868 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6869 QualType ExprType); 6870 6871 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6872 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6873 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6874 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6875 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6876 6877 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6878 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6879 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6880 6881 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6882 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6883 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6884 6885 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6886 /// \param Method - May be null. 6887 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6888 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6889 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6890 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6891 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6892 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6893 bool isSuperMessage, 6894 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6895 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6896 6897 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6898 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6899 /// and the form of the message send. 6900 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6901 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6902 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6903 6904 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6905 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6906 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6907 6908 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6909 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6910 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6911 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6912 /// 6913 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6914 /// 'if' keyword. 6915 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6916 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6917 6918 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6919 Expr *SubExpr); 6920 6921 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6922 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6923 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6924 6925 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6926 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6927 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6928 6929 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6930 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6931 6932 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6933 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6934 /// the specified diagnostic. 6935 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6936 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6937 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6938 6939 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6940 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6941 /// in the global scope. 6942 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6943 6944 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6945 /// expression violations. 6946 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6947 public: 6948 bool Suppress; 6949 6950 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6951 6952 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6953 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6954 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6955 }; 6956 6957 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6958 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6959 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6960 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6961 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6962 bool AllowFold = true); 6963 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6964 unsigned DiagID, 6965 bool AllowFold = true); 6966 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6967 6968 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6969 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6970 /// Returns false on success. 6971 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6972 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6973 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6974 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6975 6976 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6977 CFT_Device, 6978 CFT_Global, 6979 CFT_Host, 6980 CFT_HostDevice 6981 }; 6982 6983 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6984 6985 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6986 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6987 6988 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6989 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6990 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6991 } 6992 6993 /// \name Code completion 6994 //@{ 6995 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6996 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6997 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6998 PCC_Namespace, 6999 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7000 PCC_Class, 7001 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7002 /// or category. 7003 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7004 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7005 /// category implementation 7006 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7007 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7008 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7009 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7010 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7011 /// headers. 7012 PCC_Template, 7013 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7014 /// headers within a class. 7015 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7016 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7017 PCC_Expression, 7018 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7019 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7020 PCC_Statement, 7021 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7022 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7023 PCC_ForInit, 7024 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7025 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7026 PCC_Condition, 7027 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7028 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7029 /// in the grammar. 7030 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7031 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7032 PCC_Type, 7033 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7034 /// might also be a type cast. 7035 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7036 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7037 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7038 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7039 }; 7040 7041 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7042 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7043 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7044 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7045 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7046 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7047 7048 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7049 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7050 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7051 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7052 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7053 bool IsArrow); 7054 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7055 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7056 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7057 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7058 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7059 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7060 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7061 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7062 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7063 7064 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7065 bool EnteringContext); 7066 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7067 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7068 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7069 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7070 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7071 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7072 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7073 unsigned NumInitializers); 7074 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7075 bool AfterAmpersand); 7076 7077 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7078 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7079 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7080 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7081 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7082 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7083 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7084 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7085 bool IsParameter); 7086 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7087 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7088 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7089 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7090 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7091 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7092 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7093 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7094 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7095 bool IsSuper = false); 7096 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7097 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7098 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7099 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7100 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7101 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7102 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7103 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7104 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7105 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7106 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7107 unsigned NumProtocols); 7108 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7109 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7110 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7111 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7112 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7113 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7114 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7115 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7116 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7117 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7118 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7119 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7120 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7121 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7122 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7123 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7124 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7125 ParsedType ReturnType); 7126 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7127 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7128 bool AtParameterName, 7129 ParsedType ReturnType, 7130 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7131 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7132 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7133 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7134 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7135 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7136 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7137 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7138 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7139 unsigned Argument); 7140 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7141 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7142 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7143 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7144 //@} 7145 7146 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7147 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7148 7149public: 7150 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7151 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7152 7153private: 7154 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7155 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7156 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7157 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7158 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7159 // FunctionDeclaration. 7160 struct FormatStringInfo { 7161 unsigned FormatIdx; 7162 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7163 bool HasVAListArg; 7164 }; 7165 7166 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7167 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7168 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7169 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7170 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7171 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7172 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7173 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7174 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7175 Expr **Args, 7176 unsigned NumArgs, 7177 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7178 SourceLocation Loc); 7179 7180 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7181 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7182 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7183 VariadicCallType CallType); 7184 7185 7186 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7187 7188 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7189 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7190 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7191 7192 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7193 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7194 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7195 7196public: 7197 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7198 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7199 7200private: 7201 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7202 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7203 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7204 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7205 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7206 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7207 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7208 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7209 7210 enum FormatStringType { 7211 FST_Scanf, 7212 FST_Printf, 7213 FST_NSString, 7214 FST_Strftime, 7215 FST_Strfmon, 7216 FST_Kprintf, 7217 FST_Unknown 7218 }; 7219 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7220 7221 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7222 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7223 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7224 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7225 }; 7226 7227 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7228 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7229 bool HasVAListArg, 7230 unsigned format_idx, 7231 unsigned firstDataArg, 7232 FormatStringType Type, 7233 VariadicCallType CallType, 7234 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7235 7236 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7237 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7238 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7239 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7240 VariadicCallType CallType); 7241 7242 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7243 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7244 VariadicCallType CallType, 7245 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7246 bool CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7247 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7248 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7249 VariadicCallType CallType, 7250 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7251 7252 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7253 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7254 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7255 7256 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7257 unsigned BId, 7258 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7259 7260 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7261 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7262 7263 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7264 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7265 7266 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7267 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7268 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7269 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7270 7271 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7272 Expr *Init); 7273 7274public: 7275 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7276 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7277 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7278 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7279 7280 struct TypeTagData { 7281 TypeTagData() {} 7282 7283 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7284 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7285 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7286 {} 7287 7288 QualType Type; 7289 7290 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7291 /// layout-compatibility. 7292 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7293 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7294 }; 7295 7296 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7297 /// identifies the magic value. 7298 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7299 7300private: 7301 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7302 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7303 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7304 7305 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7306 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7307 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7308 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7309 7310 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7311 /// 7312 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7313 Scope *CurScope; 7314 7315protected: 7316 friend class Parser; 7317 friend class InitializationSequence; 7318 friend class ASTReader; 7319 friend class ASTWriter; 7320 7321public: 7322 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7323 /// 7324 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7325 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7326 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7327 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7328 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7329 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7330 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7331 7332 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7333 7334 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7335 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7336 } 7337 7338 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7339 7340 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7341 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7342 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7343 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7344 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7345 return DC; 7346 } 7347}; 7348 7349/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7350class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7351 Sema &Actions; 7352 7353public: 7354 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7355 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7356 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7357 bool IsDecltype = false) 7358 : Actions(Actions) { 7359 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7360 IsDecltype); 7361 } 7362 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7363 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7364 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7365 bool IsDecltype = false) 7366 : Actions(Actions) { 7367 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7368 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7369 IsDecltype); 7370 } 7371 7372 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7373 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7374 } 7375}; 7376 7377} // end namespace clang 7378 7379#endif 7380